blob: 26c434b8045161810c364602c2eb6b995614a6b4 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
38the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
39scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
40companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000041
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050042Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
43actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
44from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000045
46 make CHANGELOG
47
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000048
49Where to get help:
50==================
51
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000052In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050053U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050054<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
55on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
56Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
57http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000058
59
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010060Where to get source code:
61=========================
62
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050063The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010064git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
65http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
66
67The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020068any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
70directory.
71
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010072Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010073ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
74
75
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000076Where we come from:
77===================
78
79- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000080- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000081- clean up code
82- make it easier to add custom boards
83- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
84- extend functions, especially:
85 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
86 * S-Record download
87 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020088 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020092- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000093
94
95Names and Spelling:
96===================
97
98The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
99"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
100in source files etc.). Example:
101
102 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
103
104File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
105
106 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
107
108 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
109
110Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
111the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
112
113 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
114 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000115
116
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000117Versioning:
118===========
119
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200120Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
121were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
122into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
123names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
124Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
125releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000128 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
130 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131
132
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000133Directory Hierarchy:
134====================
135
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900137 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500140 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500143 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000144 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400146 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200147 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500148 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400151 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500152/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
153/board Board dependent files
Xu Ziyuan740f7e52016-08-26 19:54:49 +0800154/cmd U-Boot commands functions
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500155/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500156/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
158/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
159/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400160/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500161/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
162/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
163/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500164/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
165/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500166/net Networking code
167/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500168/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
169/test Various unit test files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500170/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000171
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000172Software Configuration:
173=======================
174
175Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
176rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
177
178There are two classes of configuration variables:
179
180* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
181 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
182 "CONFIG_".
183
184* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
185 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
186 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200187 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000188
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500189Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
190symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
191U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
192allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
193build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000194
195
196Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
197---------------------------------------------------
198
199For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200200configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000201
202Example: For a TQM823L module type:
203
204 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200205 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000206
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500207Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
208you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
209doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000210
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600211Sandbox Environment:
212--------------------
213
214U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
215board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
216specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
217run some of U-Boot's tests.
218
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530219See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600220
221
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700222Board Initialisation Flow:
223--------------------------
224
225This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500226SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700227
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500228Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
229more detail later in this file.
230
231At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
232and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
233may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
234CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
235
236Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
237CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
238
239 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
240 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
241 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
242
243and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
244limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700245
246lowlevel_init():
247 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
248 - no global_data or BSS
249 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
250 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
251 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
252 board_init_f()
253 - this is almost never needed
254 - return normally from this function
255
256board_init_f():
257 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
258 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
259 - global_data is available
260 - stack is in SRAM
261 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
262 only stack variables and global_data
263
264 Non-SPL-specific notes:
265 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
266 can do nothing
267
268 SPL-specific notes:
269 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
270 version as needed.
271 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
272 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
273 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
274 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
275 directly)
276
277Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
278this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
279CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
280memory.
281
282board_init_r():
283 - purpose: main execution, common code
284 - global_data is available
285 - SDRAM is available
286 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
287 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
288
289 Non-SPL-specific notes:
290 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
291 there.
292
293 SPL-specific notes:
294 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
295 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
296 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
297 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
298 spl_board_init() function containing this call
299 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
300
301
302
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000303Configuration Options:
304----------------------
305
306Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
307such information is kept in a configuration file
308"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
309
310Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
311"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
312
313
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000314Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
315kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
316build a config tool - later.
317
318
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000319The following options need to be configured:
320
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500321- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500323- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200324
325- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100326 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000327
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530328- Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family
332
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200333- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000334 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
335 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000336 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
337 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
339 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000341- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200342 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
343 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000344 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000345 See doc/README.MPC866
346
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200347 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000348
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000349 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
350 of relying on the correctness of the configured
351 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
352 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
353 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200354 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000355
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100356 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
357
358 Define this option if you want to enable the
359 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
360
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600361- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000362 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
363
364 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
365 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
366 compliance, among other possible reasons.
367
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
369
370 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
371 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
372 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
373
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500374 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
375
376 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
377 tree nodes for the given platform.
378
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000379 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
380
381 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
382 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
383 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
384 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
385 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
386 purpose.
387
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
389
390 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
391 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
393
394 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
395 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
396
397 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
398 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
399
400 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
401 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
402 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
403 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
404
405 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
406 this erratum.
407
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530408 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
409 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800410 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530411
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530412 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
413 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800414 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530415
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000416 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
417
418 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
419 according to the A004510 workaround.
420
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530421 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
422 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
423 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
424
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
426 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
427 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
428
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530429 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
430 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
431 connected to the DSP core.
432
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530433 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
434 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
435
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530436 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
437 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
438 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
439 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
440
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530441 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
442 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Menga1875592016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800443 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530444
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800445 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800446 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800447 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
448
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000449- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700450 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
451 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
452 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
453 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
454 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
455
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000456 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
457
458 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
459 values is arch specific.
460
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700461 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
462 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
463 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
464 SoCs.
465
466 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
467 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
468
469 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
470 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
471 deskew training are not available.
472
473 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
474 Freescale DDR1 controller.
475
476 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
477 Freescale DDR2 controller.
478
479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
480 Freescale DDR3 controller.
481
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700482 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
483 Freescale DDR4 controller.
484
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700485 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
486 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
487
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700488 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
489 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
490 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
491 implemetation.
492
493 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day62a3b7d2016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400494 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700495 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
496 implementation.
497
498 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
499 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700500 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
501
502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
503 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
504 DDR3L controllers.
505
506 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
507 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
508 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700509
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530510 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
511 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
512
513 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
514 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
515
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530516 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
517 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
518 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
519
520 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
521 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
522 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
523 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
524
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530525 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
526 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
527 concatenated with u-boot binary.
528
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800529 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
530 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
531
532 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
533 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
534
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800535 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
536 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
537 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
538 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
539
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800540 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
541 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
542 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
543 SoCs with ARM core.
544
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700545 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
546 Number of controllers used as main memory.
547
548 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
549 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
550
Prabhakar Kushwaha44937212015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530551 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
552 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
553
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530554 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
555 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
556
557 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
558 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
559
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200560- MIPS CPU options:
561 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
562
563 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
564 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
565 relocation.
566
567 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
568
569 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
570 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
571 Possible values are:
572 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
573 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
574 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
575 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
576 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
577 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
578 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
579 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
580
581 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
582
583 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
584 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
585
586 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
587
588 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
589 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
590 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
591
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000592- ARM options:
593 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
594
595 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
596 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
597
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000598 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
599
600 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
601 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
602 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
603 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
604 GCC.
605
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000606 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000607 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
608 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
609 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500610 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Ian Campbelle392b922015-09-29 10:27:09 +0100611 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_773022
612 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_774769
613 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000614
615 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
616 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
617 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
618 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
619 set these options unless they apply!
620
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700621 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
622 Generic timer clock source frequency.
623
624 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
625 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
626 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
627 at run time.
628
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500629 NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These
630 do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine
631 specific checks, but expect no product checks.
Nishanth Menon5902f4c2015-03-09 17:12:01 -0500632 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973
Nishanth Menonb45c48a2015-03-09 17:12:00 -0500633 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179
Nishanth Menon9b4d65f2015-03-09 17:12:02 -0500634 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500635 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870
Nishanth Menona615d0b2015-07-27 16:26:05 -0500636 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_801819
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500637
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700638- Tegra SoC options:
639 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
640
641 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
642 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
643 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
644
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000645- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000646 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
647
648 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
649 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
650 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
651 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
652 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
653 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
654 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000655 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100656 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000657 default environment.
658
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000659 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
660
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800661 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000662 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
663 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
664
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400665 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200666
667 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400668 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
669 concepts).
670
671 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
672 * New libfdt-based support
673 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500674 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400675
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200676 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
677 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
678 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
679 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200680 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600681 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200682
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200683 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
684 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500685
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600686 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
687
688 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
689 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000690
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600691 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
692
693 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
694 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
695 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
696 the kernel.
697
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500698 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
699
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200700 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500701 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
702
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200703 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
704
705 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
706 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
707 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
708 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
709 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
710 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
711
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000712 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
713
714 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
715 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
716 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
717 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
718 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
719 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
720 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
721
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100722- vxWorks boot parameters:
723
724 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Meng9e98b7e2015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700725 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
726 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100727 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
728
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100729 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
730 the defaults discussed just above.
731
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000732- Cache Configuration:
733 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
734 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
735 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
736
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000737- Cache Configuration for ARM:
738 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
739 controller
740 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
741 controller register space
742
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000743- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200744 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000745
746 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
747
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200748 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000749
750 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
751
752 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
753
754 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
755 the clock speed of the UARTs.
756
757 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
758
759 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
760 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
761 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
762
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400763 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
764
765 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
766 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000767
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000768- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000769 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
770 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
771 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
772 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000773
774 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
775 port routines must be defined elsewhere
776 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
777
778 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
779 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000780 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000781 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
782 (default big endian)
783 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
784 rectangle fill
785 (cf. smiLynxEM)
786 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
787 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
788 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
789 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000790 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
791 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000792 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
793 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000794 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000795 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -0700796 (i.e. rx51_kp_init())
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000797 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -0700798 (i.e. rx51_kp_tstc)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000799 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -0700800 (i.e. rx51_kp_getc)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000801 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
802 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000803 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
804 linux_logo.h for logo.
805 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000806 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200807 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000808 the logo
Tim Harveyadde4352016-05-24 14:59:59 -0700809 CONFIG_HIDE_LOGO_VERSION
810 do not display bootloader
811 version string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000812
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000813 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
814 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
815 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
816
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000817 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
818 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
819 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000820
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000821 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
822 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
823 the "silent" environment variable. See
824 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000825
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200826 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
827 is 0x00.
828 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
829 is 0xa0.
830
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000831- Console Baudrate:
832 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
833 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200834 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
835 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000836
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100837- Console Rx buffer length
838 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
839 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100840 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100841 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
842 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
843 the SMC.
844
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000845- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200846 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
847 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
848 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
849 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
850 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
851 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
852 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200853 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200854 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000855
Hans de Goedea8552c72015-05-05 13:13:36 +0200856 Note that when printing the buffer a copy is made on the
857 stack so CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ must fit on the stack.
858
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200859 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
860 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000861
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000862- Autoboot Command:
863 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
864 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
865 define a command string that is automatically executed
866 when no character is read on the console interface
867 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
868
869 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000870 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
871 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
872 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000873
874 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000875 The value of these goes into the environment as
876 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
877 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200878 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000879
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100880- Bootcount:
881 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
882 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
883 cycle, see:
884 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
885
886 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
887 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
888 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
889 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
890 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
891 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
892 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
893 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
894 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
895
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000896- Pre-Boot Commands:
897 CONFIG_PREBOOT
898
899 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
900 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
901 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
902 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
903 entering interactive mode.
904
905 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
906 automatically generated or modified. For an example
907 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
908 modified when the user holds down a certain
909 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
910 booting the systems
911
912- Serial Download Echo Mode:
913 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
914 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
915 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
916 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
917 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
918 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
919 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
920
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500921- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000922 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
923 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200924 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000925
926- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500927 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
928 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000929 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
Joe Hershbergeref0f2f52015-06-22 16:15:30 -0500930 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000931
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500932 The default command configuration includes all commands
933 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000934
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100935 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500936 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500937 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
938 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
939 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
940 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
941 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rinid2b2ffe2014-08-14 06:42:36 -0400942 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500943 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800944 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500945 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500946 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500947 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
948 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
949 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600950 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
951 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
952 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
953 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500954 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
955 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500956 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500957 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
Nikita Kiryanovaa9e6042016-04-16 17:55:03 +0300958 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM_LAYOUT* EEPROM layout aware commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500959 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600960 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600961 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500962 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500963 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000964 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
965 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700966 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
967 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner59e890e2014-11-12 14:35:04 +0100968 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500969 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500970 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000971 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500972 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
973 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200974 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000975 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500976 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000977 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000978 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500979 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
980 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
981 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000982 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200983 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500984 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -0600985 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500986 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000987 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500988 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
989 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
990 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
991 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200992 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000993 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
994 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500995 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
996 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200997 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400998 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000999 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001000 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001001 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001002 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001003 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1004 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1005 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001006 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001007 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1008 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001009 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001010 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001011 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001012 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1013 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1014 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1015 host
1016 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001017 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001018 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1019 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001020 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001021 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -06001022 CONFIG_SCSI * SCSI Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001023 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1024 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1025 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1026 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001027 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001028 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001029 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001030 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001031 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001032 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001033 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001034 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001035 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1036 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001037 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001038 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001039 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001040 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001041 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001042
1043 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1044 support you can write:
1045
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001046 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1047 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001048
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001049 Other Commands:
1050 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001051
1052 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001053 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001054 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1055 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1056 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1057 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1058 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1059 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001060
1061
1062 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1063
Simon Glass302a6482016-03-13 19:07:28 -06001064- Removal of commands
1065 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
1066 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
1067 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
1068 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
1069 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
1070 simple boot procedures.
1071
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001072- Regular expression support:
1073 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001074 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1075 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1076 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1077 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001078
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001079- Device tree:
1080 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1081 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1082 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1083 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1084 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1085 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1086
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001087 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1088 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001089
1090 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1091 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1092 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1093 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1094 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1095 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001096
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001097 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1098 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1099 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1100 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1101
1102 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1103
1104 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1105 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1106 still use the individual files if you need something more
1107 exotic.
1108
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001109- Watchdog:
1110 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1111 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001112 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1113 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1114 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1115 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1116 available, then no further board specific code should
1117 be needed to use it.
1118
1119 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1120 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1121 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1122 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001123
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +01001124 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1125 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1126
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001127- U-Boot Version:
1128 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1129 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1130 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1131 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001132 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1133 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001134
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001135- Real-Time Clock:
1136
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001137 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001138 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1139 following options:
1140
1141 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1142 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001143 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001144 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001145 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001146 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001147 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001148 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001149 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001150 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001151 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001152 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001153 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1154 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001155
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001156 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1157 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1158
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001159- GPIO Support:
1160 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001161
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001162 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1163 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1164 pins supported by a particular chip.
1165
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001166 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1167 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1168
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001169- I/O tracing:
1170 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1171 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1172 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1173 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1174 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1175 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1176 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1177 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1178
1179 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1180 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1181 still continue to operate.
1182
1183 iotrace is enabled
1184 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1185 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1186 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1187 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1188 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1189 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1190
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001191- Timestamp Support:
1192
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001193 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1194 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1195 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001196 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001197
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001198- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1199 Zero or more of the following:
1200 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1201 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1202 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1203 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1204 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1205 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1206 disk/part_efi.c
1207 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001208
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001209 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -06001210 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001211 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001212
1213- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001214 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1215 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001216
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001217 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1218 be performed by calling the function
1219 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1220 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001221
1222- ATAPI Support:
1223 CONFIG_ATAPI
1224
1225 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1226
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001227- LBA48 Support
1228 CONFIG_LBA48
1229
1230 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001231 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001232 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1233 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1234
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001235 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001236 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1237 Default is 32bit.
1238
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001239- SCSI Support:
1240 At the moment only there is only support for the
1241 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1242 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1243
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001244 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1245 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1246 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001247 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1248 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001249 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001250
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001251 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1252 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001253
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001254- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001255 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001256 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1257
1258 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1259 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1260 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1261 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1262
1263 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1264 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1265 example with the "sspi" command.
1266
1267 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1268 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1269 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001270
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001271 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1272 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001273 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001274 write routine for first time initialisation.
1275
1276 CONFIG_TULIP
1277 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1278 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1279 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1280
1281 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1282 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1283
1284 CONFIG_NS8382X
1285 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1286
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001287- NETWORK Support (other):
1288
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001289 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1290 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1291
1292 CONFIG_RMII
1293 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1294
1295 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1296 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1297 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1298
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001299 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1300 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1301
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001302 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001303 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1304
1305 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1306 Define this to hold the physical address
1307 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1308
1309 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1310 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1311
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001312 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001313 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1314
1315 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1316 Define this to hold the physical address
1317 of the device (I/O space)
1318
1319 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1320 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1321
1322 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1323 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1324 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1325
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001326 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1327 Support for davinci emac
1328
1329 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1330 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1331
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001332 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1333 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1334
1335 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1336 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1337 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1338 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1339 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1340 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1341 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1342 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1343
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001344 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001345 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1346
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001347 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001348 Define this to hold the physical address
1349 of the device (I/O space)
1350
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001351 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001352 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1353
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001354 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001355 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1356 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001357 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001358
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001359 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1360 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1361
1362 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1363 Define the number of ports to be used
1364
1365 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1366 Define the ETH PHY's address
1367
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001368 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1369 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1370
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001371- PWM Support:
1372 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1373 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1374
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001375- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001376 CONFIG_TPM
1377 Support TPM devices.
1378
Christophe Ricard0766ad22015-10-06 22:54:41 +02001379 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1380 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001381 per system is supported at this time.
1382
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001383 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1384 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1385
Christophe Ricard3aa74082016-01-21 23:27:13 +01001386 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
1387 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
1388
1389 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
1390 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
1391 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
1392
Christophe Ricardb75fdc12016-01-21 23:27:14 +01001393 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
1394 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
1395 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
1396
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001397 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1398 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1399
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001400 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001401 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1402 per system is supported at this time.
1403
1404 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1405 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1406 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1407 0xfed40000.
1408
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001409 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1410 Add tpm monitor functions.
1411 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1412 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1413
1414 CONFIG_TPM
1415 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1416 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1417 Requires support for a TPM device.
1418
1419 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1420 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1421 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1422
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001423- USB Support:
1424 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001425 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001426 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1427 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001428 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001429 storage devices.
1430 Note:
1431 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1432 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001433 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1434 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1435 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001436 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1437 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001438 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1439 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1440 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001441 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1442 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001443 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001444 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1445 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001446
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001447 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1448 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1449
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001450 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1451 HW module registers.
1452
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001453- USB Device:
1454 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1455 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1456 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001457 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001458 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1459 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001460 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001461 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1462 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1463 a Linux host by
1464 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1465 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1466 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1467 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001468
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001469 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1470 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001471
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001472 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1473 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1474 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001475
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301476 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1477 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1478 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1479 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1480 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1481 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1482 speed.
1483
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001484 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001485 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1486 be set to usbtty.
1487
1488 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001489 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001490 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001491 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001492
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001493 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001494 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001495 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001496
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001497 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001498 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001499 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001500 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1501 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1502 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1503
1504 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1505 Define this string as the name of your company for
1506 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001507
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001508 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1509 Define this string as the name of your product
1510 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1511
1512 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1513 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1514 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1515 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1516 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001517
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001518 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1519 Define this as the unique Product ID
1520 for your device
1521 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001522
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001523- ULPI Layer Support:
1524 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1525 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1526 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1527 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1528 viewport is supported.
1529 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1530 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001531 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1532 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1533 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001534
1535- MMC Support:
1536 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1537 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1538 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1539 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001540 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1541 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001542
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001543 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1544 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1545
1546 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1547 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1548
1549 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1550 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1551
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001552 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1553 Enable the generic MMC driver
1554
1555 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1556 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1557
1558 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1559 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1560 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1561
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001562- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Paul Kocialkowski01acd6a2015-06-12 19:56:58 +02001563 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001564 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1565
1566 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1567 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1568 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1569 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1570 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1571
1572 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1573 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1574
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001575 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1576 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1577
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301578 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1579 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1580 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1581 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1582 one that would help mostly the developer.
1583
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001584 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1585 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1586 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1587 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1588 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1589
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001590 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1591 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1592 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1593 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1594 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1595 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1596
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001597 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1598 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1599 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1600 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1601
1602 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1603 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1604 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1605 sending again an USB request to the device.
1606
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001607- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
Paul Kocialkowski17da3c02015-06-12 19:56:59 +02001608 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1609 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1610
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001611 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1612 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1613 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1614 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1615 used on Android devices.
1616 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1617
1618 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1619 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1620 image format header.
1621
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001622 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001623 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1624 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1625 downloaded images.
1626
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001627 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001628 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1629 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1630 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1631
Steve Raed1b5ed02014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001632 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1633 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1634 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1635 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1636
1637 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1638 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1639 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1640 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1641
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001642 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1643 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1644 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1645 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1646 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1647 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1648 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
Petr Kulhavy6f6c8632016-09-09 10:27:18 +02001649 The default is "gpt" if undefined.
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001650
Petr Kulhavyb6dd69a2016-09-09 10:27:16 +02001651 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_MBR_NAME
1652 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1653 image to DOS MBR.
1654 This occurs when the "partition name" specified on the
1655 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1656 If not defined the default value "mbr" is used.
1657
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001658- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1659 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1660 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1661 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1662
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001663 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1664 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001665 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1666
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001667 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001668 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1669 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1670
1671 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001672 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001673 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1674 have not defined a custom partition
1675
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001676- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1677 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001678
1679 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1680 file in FAT formatted partition.
1681
1682 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1683 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001684
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001685CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1686 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1687
1688 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1689 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1690 and cbfsload.
1691
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301692- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1693 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1694
1695 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1696 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1697
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001698- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001699 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1700
1701 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1702
1703 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1704 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1705 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1706 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1707 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001708
1709- Video support:
1710 CONFIG_VIDEO
1711
1712 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1713 video).
1714
1715 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1716
1717 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1718
1719 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001720 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001721 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1722 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1723 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001724
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001725 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001726 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001727 are possible:
1728 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001729 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001730
1731 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1732 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1733 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1734 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1735 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1736 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1737 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001738 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1739
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001740 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001741 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001742
1743
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001744 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001745 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001746 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1747 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1748
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001749 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001750 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001751 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1752 support, and should also define these other macros:
1753
1754 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1755 CONFIG_VIDEO
1756 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1757 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1758 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1759 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1760 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1761 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1762
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001763 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1764 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevam8eca9432016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001765 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001766 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001767
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001768- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1769
1770 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1771 display); also select one of the supported displays
1772 by defining one of these:
1773
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001774 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1775
1776 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1777
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001778 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001779
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001780 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001781
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001782 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001783
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001784 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1785 Active, color, single scan.
1786
1787 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1788
1789 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001790 Active, color, single scan.
1791
1792 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1793
1794 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1795 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1796
1797 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1798
1799 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1800 Active, color, single scan.
1801
1802 CONFIG_HLD1045
1803
1804 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1805 Active, color, single scan.
1806
1807 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1808
1809 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1810 or
1811 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1812 or
1813 Hitachi SP14Q002
1814
1815 320x240. Black & white.
1816
1817 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001818 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001819
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001820 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1821
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001822 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001823 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1824 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1825 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1826 a per-section basis.
1827
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001828 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1829
1830 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1831 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1832 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1833 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001834
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001835 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1836
1837 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1838 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1839 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1840 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1841 printed out.
1842 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1843 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1844 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1845 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1846 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1847 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1848 1 = 90 degree rotation
1849 2 = 180 degree rotation
1850 3 = 270 degree rotation
1851
1852 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1853 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1854
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001855 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1856
1857 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1858
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001859 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1860
1861 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1862 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1863
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001864- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001865
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001866 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1867 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1868 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001869 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001870 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1871 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1872 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1873 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001874
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001875 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1876
1877 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1878 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevamab5645f2016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001879 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001880 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1881 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1882 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1883 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1884 there is no need to set this option.
1885
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001886 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1887
1888 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1889 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1890 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1891 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1892 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1893 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1894
1895 Example:
1896 setenv splashpos m,m
1897 => image at center of screen
1898
1899 setenv splashpos 30,20
1900 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1901
1902 setenv splashpos -10,m
1903 => vertically centered image
1904 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1905
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001906- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1907
1908 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1909 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1910 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1911
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001912- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1913
1914 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1915 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1916 bmp command.
1917
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001918- Do compressing for memory range:
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001919 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1920
1921 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1922 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1923
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001924- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001925 CONFIG_GZIP
1926
1927 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1928
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001929 CONFIG_BZIP2
1930
1931 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1932 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1933 compressed images are supported.
1934
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001935 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001936 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001937 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001938
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001939 CONFIG_LZMA
1940
1941 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1942 images is included.
1943
1944 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1945 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1946 formula:
1947
1948 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1949
1950 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1951 and Literal pos bits.
1952
1953 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1954 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1955 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1956 a very small buffer.
1957
1958 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1959 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001960 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001961
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001962 CONFIG_LZO
1963
1964 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1965 is included.
1966
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001967- MII/PHY support:
1968 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1969
1970 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1971
1972 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1973
1974 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1975
1976 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1977
1978 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001979 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001980
1981 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1982
1983 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1984 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1985 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1986 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1987
1988 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1989
1990 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1991 command issued before MII status register can be read
1992
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001993- IP address:
1994 CONFIG_IPADDR
1995
1996 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001997 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001998 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001999 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002000
2001- Server IP address:
2002 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2003
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002004 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002005 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002006 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002007
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04002008 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2009
2010 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2011 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2012
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002013- Gateway IP address:
2014 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2015
2016 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2017 default router where packets to other networks are
2018 sent to.
2019 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2020
2021- Subnet mask:
2022 CONFIG_NETMASK
2023
2024 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2025 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2026 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2027 forwarded through a router.
2028 (Environment variable "netmask")
2029
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002030- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2031 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2032
2033 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2034 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002035 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002036 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2037 multicast group.
2038
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002039- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2040 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2041
2042 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2043 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2044 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2045 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2046 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2047 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2048 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2049 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002050 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002051
2052 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2053 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2054 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2055 4th and following
2056 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2057
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02002058 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2059
2060 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2061 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2062 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2063 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2064 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2065 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2066 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2067 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2068 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2069 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2070 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2071 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2072 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2073 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2074 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2075
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002076- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002077 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2078 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002079
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002080 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2081 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2082 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2083 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2084 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2085 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2086 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2087 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2088 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2089 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2090 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2091 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002092 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002093
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002094 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2095 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002096
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002097 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2098 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2099 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2100 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2101 is not available.
2102
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002103 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2104 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2105 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2106 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2107 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2108 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2109 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002110 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002111
2112 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2113 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2114 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002115 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002116 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2117 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002118
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002119 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2120
2121 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2122 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2123 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2124 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2125 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2126 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2127 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2128 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2129 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2130 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2131 this delay.
2132
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002133 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2134 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2135 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2136 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2137 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2138
2139 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2140
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002141 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002142 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002143
2144 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2145
2146 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2147
2148 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2149 of the device.
2150
2151 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2152
2153 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2154 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002155 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002156
2157 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2158
2159 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2160 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2161
2162 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2163
2164 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2165
2166 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2167
2168 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2169
2170 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2171
2172 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2173
2174 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2175
2176 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2177 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2178
2179 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2180
2181 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2182
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002183- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2184
2185 Several configurations allow to display the current
2186 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2187 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2188 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2189 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2190 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2191 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2192 feature in U-Boot.
2193
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002194 Additional options:
2195
2196 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2197 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2198 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2199 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2200 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2201
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002202 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2203 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2204 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2205 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2206 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2207 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2208
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002209- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2210
2211 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2212 on those systems that support this (optional)
2213 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2214
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002215- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002216
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002217 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2218 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2219 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2220 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2221 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2222 interface.
2223
2224 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002225 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2226 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2227 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2228 for defining speed and slave address
2229 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2230 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2231 for defining speed and slave address
2232 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2233 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2234 for defining speed and slave address
2235 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2236 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2237 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002238
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002239 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2240 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2241 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2242 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2243 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2244 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002245 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002246 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2247 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2248 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2249 second bus.
2250
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002251 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002252 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2253 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2254 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002255
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002256 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2257 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2258 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2259 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2260
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002261 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2262 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002263 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
2264 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
2265 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2266 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002267 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2268 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2269 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2270 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2271 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2272 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002273 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
2274 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002275 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002276 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2277
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002278 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2279 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2280 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2281
2282 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2283 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2284 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2285 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2286 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2287 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2288 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2289 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2290 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2291
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002292 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2293 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2294 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2295
2296 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2297 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2298 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2299 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2300 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2301 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2302 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2303 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2304 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2305 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2306 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2307 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002308 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002309
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002310 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2311 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2312 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2313 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2314 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2315 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2316 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2317 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2318 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2319 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2320 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2321 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2322
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002323 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2324 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2325 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2326 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2327
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302328 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2329 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2330 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2331 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2332 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2333
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002334 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2335 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2336 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2337 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2338 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2339 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2340 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2341 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2342 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2343 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2344 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2345 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2346 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2347 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach071be892015-10-28 11:46:22 +01002348 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
2349 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
2350 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
2351 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
2352 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
2353 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
2354 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
2355 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
2356 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002357
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002358 additional defines:
2359
2360 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002361 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002362 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2363 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2364 omit this define.
2365
2366 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2367 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2368 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2369 omit this define.
2370
2371 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2372 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2373 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2374 define.
2375
2376 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002377 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002378 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2379 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2380 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2381
2382 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2383 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2384 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2385 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2386 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2387 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2388 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2389 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2390 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2391 }
2392
2393 which defines
2394 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002395 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2396 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2397 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2398 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2399 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002400 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002401 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2402 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002403
2404 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2405
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002406- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002407
2408 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2409 provides the following compelling advantages:
2410
2411 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2412 - approved multibus support
2413 - better i2c mux support
2414
2415 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2416
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002417 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2418 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2419 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002420
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002421 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002422 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002423 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2424 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002425 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002426
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002427 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002428
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002429 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002430 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002431
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002432 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002433 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002434 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002435 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002436
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002437 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002438 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002439 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2440 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2441 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002442
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002443 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2444
2445 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2446 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2447 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2448 commands until the slave device responds.
2449
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002450 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002451
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002452 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002453 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2454 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002455
2456 I2C_INIT
2457
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002458 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002459 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002460
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002461 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002462
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002463 I2C_PORT
2464
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002465 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2466 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2467 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002468
2469 I2C_ACTIVE
2470
2471 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2472 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2473 define can be null.
2474
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002475 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2476
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002477 I2C_TRISTATE
2478
2479 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2480 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2481 define can be null.
2482
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002483 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2484
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002485 I2C_READ
2486
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002487 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2488 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002489
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002490 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2491
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002492 I2C_SDA(bit)
2493
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002494 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2495 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002496
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002497 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002498 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002499 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002500
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002501 I2C_SCL(bit)
2502
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002503 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2504 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002505
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002506 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002507 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002508 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002509
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002510 I2C_DELAY
2511
2512 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2513 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002514 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002515 like:
2516
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002517 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002518
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002519 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2520
2521 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2522 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2523 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2524 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2525
2526 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2527 the generic GPIO functions.
2528
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002529 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002530
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002531 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2532 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2533 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2534 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2535 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2536 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2537 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2538 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002539
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002540 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2541
2542 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2543 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2544 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2545 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2546 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2547 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2548 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2549 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2550
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002551 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2552
2553 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2554 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2555 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2556
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002557 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2558
2559 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002560 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2561 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002562 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2563
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002564 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002565
2566 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002567 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002568 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2569 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002570
2571 e.g.
2572 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002573 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002574
2575 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2576
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002577 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002578 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002579
2580 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2581
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002582 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002583
2584 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2585 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2586
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002587 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002588
2589 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2590 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2591
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002592 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002593
2594 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2595 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2596
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002597 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002598
2599 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2600 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2601 specified DTT device.
2602
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002603 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2604
2605 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2606 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2607 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2608 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2609 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2610 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2611 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002612
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002613- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2614
2615 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2616 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2617 D/As on the SACSng board)
2618
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002619 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2620
2621 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2622 only SH7757 is supported.
2623
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002624 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2625
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002626 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2627 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2628 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2629 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2630 defined, the board configuration must define several
2631 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2632 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002633
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002634 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2635
2636 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2637 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2638 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002639 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002640 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2641
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002642 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2643
2644 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002645 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002646
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002647 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2648 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2649 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2650
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002651- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2652
2653 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2654
2655 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2656
2657 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2658 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2659
2660 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2661
2662 Enables support for FPGA family.
2663 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2664
2665 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002666
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002667 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002668
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302669 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2670
2671 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2672
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002673 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2674
2675 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2676
2677 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2678
2679 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2680 (Xilinx only)
2681
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002682 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002683
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002684 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002685
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002686 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002687
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002688 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2689 status by the configuration function. This option
2690 will require a board or device specific function to
2691 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002692
2693 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2694
2695 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2696 configuration driver.
2697
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002698 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002699 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2700
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002701 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002702
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002703 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2704 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2705 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2706 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002707
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002708 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002709
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002710 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2711 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002712 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002713 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002714
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002715 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002716
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002717 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002718 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002719
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002720 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002721
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002722 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002723 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002724
2725- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002726 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2727
2728 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2729 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2730 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2731 special image will be automatically built upon calling
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06002732 make / buildman.
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002733
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002734 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2735
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002736 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2737 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002738
2739- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2740
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002741 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2742 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002743 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002744 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2745 protects these variables from casual modification by
2746 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2747 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002748 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002749
2750 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2751 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002752 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002753 these parameters.
2754
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002755 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2756 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002757 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002758 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2759 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2760 read-only.]
2761
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002762 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2763 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2764 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2765 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2766
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002767- Protected RAM:
2768 CONFIG_PRAM
2769
2770 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2771 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2772 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2773 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2774 this default value by defining an environment
2775 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2776 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2777 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2778 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2779 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2780 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2781 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2782
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002783 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002784 saveenv
2785
2786 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2787 either, which results in a memory region that will
2788 not be affected by reboots.
2789
2790 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2791 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2792 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2793 following board configurations are known to be
2794 "pRAM-clean":
2795
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002796 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2797 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002798 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002799
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002800- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2801 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2802 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2803 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2804 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2805 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2806 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2807
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002808- Error Recovery:
2809 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2810
2811 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2812 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2813 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002814 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002815 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2816 useful during development since you can try to debug
2817 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2818
2819 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2820
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002821 This variable defines the number of retries for
2822 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2823 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2824 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002825
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002826 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2827
2828 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2829
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002830 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2831
2832 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2833 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2834 try longer timeout such as
2835 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2836
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002837- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002838 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002839
2840 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2841
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002842 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002843
2844 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2845 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2846 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2847
2848 Note:
2849
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002850 In the current implementation, the local variables
2851 space and global environment variables space are
2852 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2853 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2854 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2855 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2856 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002857
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002858 Global environment variables are those you use
2859 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2860 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2861 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002862
2863 To store commands and special characters in a
2864 variable, please use double quotation marks
2865 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2866 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2867 symbols.
2868
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002869- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002870 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2871
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002872 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002873 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002874
Marek Vasutf3b267b2016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002875- Command Line PS1/PS2 support:
2876 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2877
2878 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2879 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2880 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2881 and PS2.
2882
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002883- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002884 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2885
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002886 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2887 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002888 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002889
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002890 For example, place something like this in your
2891 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002892
2893 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2894 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2895 "myvar2=value2\0"
2896
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002897 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2898 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2899 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2900 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002901 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002902 You better know what you are doing here.
2903
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002904 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2905 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002906 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002907 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002908
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002909 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2910
2911 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2912 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2913 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2914
2915 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2916
2917 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2918 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2919 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2920 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2921 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2922
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002923 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2924
2925 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2926 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2927 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2928
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002929 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2930
2931 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002932 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002933 that so that the environment is not available until
2934 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2935 this is instead controlled by the value of
2936 /config/load-environment.
2937
Chris Packham3b10cf12015-06-19 20:25:59 +12002938- Parallel Flash support:
2939 CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH
2940
Bin Menga1875592016-02-05 19:30:11 -08002941 Traditionally U-Boot was run on systems with parallel NOR
Chris Packham3b10cf12015-06-19 20:25:59 +12002942 flash. This option is used to disable support for parallel NOR
2943 flash. This option should be defined if the board does not have
2944 parallel flash.
2945
2946 If this option is not defined one of the generic flash drivers
2947 (e.g. CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER or CONFIG_ST_SMI) must be
2948 selected or the board must provide an implementation of the
2949 flash API (see include/flash.h).
2950
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002951- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002952 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2953
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002954 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2955 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2956 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002957
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002958- Serial Flash support
2959 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2960
2961 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2962 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2963
2964 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2965 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2966 commands.
2967
2968 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2969 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2970 flash is present on the system.
2971
2972 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2973 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2974 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2975 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2976
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002977 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2978
2979 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2980 test ('sf test').
2981
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302982 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2983
2984 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2985 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002986 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302987
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002988- SystemACE Support:
2989 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2990
2991 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2992 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002993 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002994 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002995
2996 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002997 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002998
2999 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3000 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3001
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003002- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3003 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3004
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003005 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003006 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003007 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003008 number generator is used.
3009
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003010 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3011 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3012 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3013
3014 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003015 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3016 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3017 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3018 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3019 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3020 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3021
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003022- Hashing support:
3023 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3024
3025 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3026 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3027
3028 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3029
3030 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3031 size a little.
3032
gaurav rana94e3c8c2015-02-20 12:51:46 +05303033 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
3034 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3035 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
3036 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3037 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
3038 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
3039 This affects the 'hash' command and also the
3040 hash_lookup_algo() function.
3041 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
3042 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
3043 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
3044 is performed in hardware.
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003045
3046 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3047 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3048
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07003049- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3050 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3051 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3052 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3053
3054 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3055 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3056 a boot from specific media.
3057
3058 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3059 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3060 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3061 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3062 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3063
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01003064- bootcount support:
3065 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3066
3067 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3068 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3069
3070 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3071 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3072 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3073 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3074 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3075 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3076 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3077 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3078 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3079 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3080 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3081 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3082 the bootcounter.
3083 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003084
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003085- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003086 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3087
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003088 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3089 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3090 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3091 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3092 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3093 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003094
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003095
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003096Legacy uImage format:
3097
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003098 Arg Where When
3099 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003100 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003101 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003102 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003103 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003104 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003105 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3106 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3107 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003108 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003109 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3110 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3111 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3112 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003113 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003114 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003115
3116 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3117 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3118 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3119 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3120 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3121 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3122 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003123 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003124 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3125 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3126
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003127 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003128
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003129 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003130 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3131 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003132
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003133 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3134 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3135 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3136 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3137 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3138 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3139 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3140 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3141 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3142 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3143 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3144 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3145 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3146 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3147 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3148 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3149 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3150 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3151 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3152 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3153 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3154 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3155 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3156 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3157 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3158 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3159 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3160 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3161 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3162 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3163 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3164 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3165 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3166 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3167 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3168 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3169 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3170 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3171 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3172 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3173 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3174 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3175 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3176 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3177 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3178 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3179 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003180
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003181 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003182
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003183 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003184 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3185 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003186
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003187 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05003188 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
3189 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
3190 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003191 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3192 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003193 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3194 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003195 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003196
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003197FIT uImage format:
3198
3199 Arg Where When
3200 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3201 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3202 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3203 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3204 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3205 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003206 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003207 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3208 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3209 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3210 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3211 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003212 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3213 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003214 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3215 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3216 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3217 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3218 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3219 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3220 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3221 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3222
3223 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3224 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3225 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003226 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003227 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3228 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3229 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3230 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3231 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3232 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3233 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3234 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3235 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3236 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3237 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3238 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3239
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003240 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003241 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3242
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003243 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003244 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3245
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003246 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003247 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3248
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003249- legacy image format:
3250 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3251 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3252
3253 Default:
3254 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3255
3256 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3257 disable the legacy image format
3258
3259 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3260 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3261
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003262- FIT image support:
Dirk Eibach9a4f4792014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003263 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3264 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3265 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3266 with this option.
3267
Simon Glass73223f02016-02-22 22:55:43 -07003268 TODO(sjg@chromium.org): Adjust this option to be positive,
3269 and move it to Kconfig
3270
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003271- Standalone program support:
3272 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3273
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003274 This option defines a board specific value for the
3275 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3276 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003277 settings.
3278
3279- Frame Buffer Address:
3280 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3281
3282 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003283 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3284 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3285 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3286 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3287 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3288 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3289 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003290
3291 Please see board_init_f function.
3292
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003293- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3294 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3295 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3296 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3297
3298 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3299 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3300
3301- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3302 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3303
3304 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3305 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3306
3307 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3308
3309 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3310 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3311
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003312- UBI support
3313 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3314
3315 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3316 with the UBI flash translation layer
3317
3318 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3319
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003320 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3321
3322 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3323 warnings and errors enabled.
3324
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003325
3326 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3327 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3328 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3329 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3330 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3331 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3332
3333 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3334 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3335 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3336 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3337 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3338
3339 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06003340
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003341 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3342 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3343 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3344 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3345 flash), this value is ignored.
3346
3347 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3348 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3349 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3350 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3351 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3352 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3353
3354 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3355 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3356 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3357 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3358 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3359 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3360 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3361 partition.
3362
3363 default: 20
3364
3365 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3366 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3367 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3368 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3369 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3370 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3371 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3372 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3373 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3374 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3375 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3376 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3377
3378 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3379 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3380 without a fastmap.
3381 default: 0
3382
Heiko Schocher0195a7b2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02003383 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
3384 Enable UBI fastmap debug
3385 default: 0
3386
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003387- UBIFS support
3388 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3389
3390 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3391 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3392
3393 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3394
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003395 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3396
3397 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3398 warnings and errors enabled.
3399
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003400- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003401 CONFIG_SPL
3402 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003403
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003404 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3405 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3406
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003407 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3408 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3409 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3410 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003411 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003412 must not be both defined at the same time.
3413
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003414 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003415 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3416 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3417 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3418 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003419
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003420 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3421 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003422
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003423 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3424 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3425 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3426
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003427 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3428 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3429
3430 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003431 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3432 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3433 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003434 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003435 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003436
3437 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3438 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3439
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02003440 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3441 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3442 loaded does not have a signature.
3443 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3444 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3445 will be caught.
3446 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3447 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3448 and thus should be skipped silently.
3449
Marek Vasute0727512016-04-29 00:44:55 +02003450 CONFIG_SPL_ABORT_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3451 When defined, SPL will proceed to another boot method
3452 if the image it has loaded does not have a signature.
3453
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003454 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3455 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3456 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3457 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3458
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003459 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3460 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam9ac4fc82015-11-12 12:30:19 -02003461 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
3462 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
3463 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003464
3465 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3466 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003467
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003468 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3469 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3470 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3471 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3472
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003473 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3474 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3475 See also: doc/README.falcon
3476
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003477 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3478 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3479 about the running system.
3480
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003481 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3482 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3483
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003484 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3485 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003486 Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003487 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3488
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01003489 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3490 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3491 used in raw mode
3492
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003493 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3494 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3495 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3496
3497 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3498 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3499 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3500 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3501 (for falcon mode)
3502
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003503 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3504 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3505 used in fs mode
3506
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003507 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3508 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3509
3510 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003511 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003512 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003513
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003514 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003515 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003516 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003517
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003518 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3519 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3520 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3521 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3522 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3523
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303524 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3525 Avoid SPL relocation
3526
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003527 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3528 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3529 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3530
3531 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3532 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3533
3534 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3535 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3536
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003537 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003538 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3539 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003540
Thomas Gleixner6f4e7d32016-07-12 20:28:12 +02003541 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
3542 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
3543 loader
3544
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003545 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3546 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3547 if you need to save space.
3548
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003549 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3550 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3551 SPL binary.
3552
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003553 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3554 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3555 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3556 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3557 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3558 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003559 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003560
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303561 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3562 Add support NAND boot
3563
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003564 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003565 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3566
3567 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3568 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3569
3570 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3571 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003572
3573 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003574 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003575
3576 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3577 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003578 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003579
3580 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3581 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3582 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3583
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003584 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3585 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3586
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003587 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003588 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3589 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3590 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3591 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3592 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003593
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003594 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3595 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3596 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3597 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3598
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003599 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3600 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3601 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3602 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3603 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3604
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003605- TPL framework
3606 CONFIG_TPL
3607 Enable building of TPL globally.
3608
3609 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3610 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3611 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003612 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3613 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3614 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003615
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003616- Interrupt support (PPC):
3617
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003618 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3619 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003620 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003621 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003622 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003623 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003624 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003625 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3626 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3627 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003628
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003629
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003630Board initialization settings:
3631------------------------------
3632
3633During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3634to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3635before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3636following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3637architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3638typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3639
3640- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3641- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3642- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3643- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003644
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003645Configuration Settings:
3646-----------------------
3647
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003648- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3649 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3650
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003651- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003652 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3653
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003654- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3655 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3656
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003657- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003658 prompt for user input.
3659
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003660- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003661
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003662- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003663
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003664- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003665
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003666- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003667 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3668 booted
3669
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003670- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003671 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3672
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003673- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003674 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003675
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003676- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003677 If the board specific function
3678 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3679 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003680 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3681
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003682- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003683 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003684
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003685- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003686 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3687
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003688- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003689 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3690 simple memory test.
3691
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003692- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003693 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003694
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003695- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003696 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3697 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3698
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003699- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07003700 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003701 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
3702 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
3703 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07003704 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003705 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
3706 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
3707
York Sunaabd7dd2015-12-07 11:05:29 -08003708- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003709 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003710 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003711 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003712 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3713 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3714 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003715 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003716 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003717 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003718
3719 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3720 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3721 be touched.
3722
3723 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3724 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3725 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3726 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3727 problems.
3728
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003729- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003730 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3731
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003732- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003733 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3734
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003735- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003736 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3737
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003738- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003739 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3740 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003741 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003742 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003743
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003744- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003745 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3746 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3747 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3748 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003749
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003750- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003751 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3752
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003753- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3754 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3755 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3756 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3757 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3758 space.
3759
3760 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3761 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3762 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003763 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003764 U-Boot relocates itself.
3765
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07003766- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3767 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3768 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3769 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3770
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07003771- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3772 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3773 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3774 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3775 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3776 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3777 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3778 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3779 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3780 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3781 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3782 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3783 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3784 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3785 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3786 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3787
3788 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3789
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003790- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003791 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3792 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003793 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003794 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3795
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003796- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003797 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3798 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003799 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3800 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003801 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003802 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003803 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003804 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3805 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3806 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003807
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003808- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3809 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3810 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3811 is enabled.
3812
3813- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3814 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3815 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3816
3817- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3818 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3819 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3820
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003821- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003822 Max number of Flash memory banks
3823
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003824- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003825 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3826
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003827- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003828 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3829
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003830- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003831 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3832
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003833- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003834 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3835
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003836- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003837 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3838
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003839- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003840 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3841 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3842
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003843- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003844
3845 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3846 without this option such a download has to be
3847 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3848 copy from RAM to flash.
3849
3850 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3851 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003852 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3853 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003854 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3855
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003856- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003857 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003858 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3859
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003860- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003861 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3862 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003863
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003864- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3865 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3866 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3867 to the MTD layer.
3868
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003869- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003870 Use buffered writes to flash.
3871
3872- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3873 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3874 write commands.
3875
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003876- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003877 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3878 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3879 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3880 optionally available.
3881
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003882- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3883 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3884 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3885 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3886
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003887- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3888 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3889 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3890 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3891 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3892 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3893 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3894 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3895
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003896- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003897 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3898 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003899 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3900 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003901 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003902 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3903
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003904- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3905
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003906 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3907 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3908 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3909 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3910 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003911
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003912- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3913- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003914 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003915 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3916 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3917 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3918
3919 The format of the list is:
3920 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003921 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
3922 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003923 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3924 list = entry[,list]
3925
3926 The type attributes are:
3927 s - String (default)
3928 d - Decimal
3929 x - Hexadecimal
3930 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3931 i - IP address
3932 m - MAC address
3933
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003934 The access attributes are:
3935 a - Any (default)
3936 r - Read-only
3937 o - Write-once
3938 c - Change-default
3939
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003940 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3941 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003942 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003943
3944 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3945 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3946 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3947 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3948 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3949 ".flags" variable.
3950
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003951 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3952 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
3953 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
3954
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003955- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3956 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3957 access flags.
3958
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003959- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3960 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3961 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003962 the value can be calculated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003963
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06003964- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
3965 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
3966 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
3967 building U-Boot to enable this.
3968
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003969The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3970of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3971following configurations:
3972
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003973- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3974
3975 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3976 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3977
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003978- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003979
3980 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3981
3982 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3983 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3984 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3985 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3986 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3987 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3988 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3989 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3990 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3991 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3992 between U-Boot and the environment.
3993
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003994 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003995
3996 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3997 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3998 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3999 for this sector is given here.
4000
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004001 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004002
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004003 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004004
4005 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4006 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004007 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004008
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004009 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004010
4011 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4012
4013
4014 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4015 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4016 the environment.
4017
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004018 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004019
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004020 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004021 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004022 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4023 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4024
4025 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4026 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4027 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4028 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4029 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4030 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4031 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4032 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4033 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4034
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004035 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4036 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004037
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004038 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004039 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00004040 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004041 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004042
4043BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4044source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4045accordingly!
4046
4047
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02004048- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004049
4050 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4051 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4052 environment.
4053
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004054 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4055 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004056
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004057 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004058 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4059 can just be read and written to, without any special
4060 provision.
4061
4062BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004063in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004064console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004065U-Boot will hang.
4066
4067Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4068environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4069keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4070to save the current settings.
4071
4072
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02004073- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004074
4075 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4076 device and a driver for it.
4077
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004078 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4079 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004080
4081 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4082 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4083
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004084 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004085 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4086 The default address is zero.
4087
Christian Gmeiner189d2572015-02-11 15:19:31 +01004088 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
4089 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
4090
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004091 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004092 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4093 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4094 would require six bits.
4095
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004096 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004097 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00004098 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004099
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004100 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004101 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4102 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4103
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004104 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004105 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4106 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4107 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4108 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4109 byte chips.
4110
4111 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4112 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4113 in the chip address.
4114
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004115 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004116 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4117
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004118 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4119 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4120 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4121
4122 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4123 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4124 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4125 EEPROM. For example:
4126
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004127 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004128
4129 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4130 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004131
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004132- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004133
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004134 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004135 want to use for the environment.
4136
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004137 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4138 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4139 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004140
4141 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4142 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4143 at the specified address.
4144
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08004145- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4146
4147 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4148 want to use for the environment.
4149
4150 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4151 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4152
4153 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4154 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4155 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4156
4157 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4158
4159 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4160
4161 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4162
4163 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4164 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4165 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Simon Glass9dd05fb2016-10-02 18:00:58 -06004166 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08004167 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4168
4169 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4170 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4171
4172 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4173
4174 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4175
4176 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4177
4178 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4179
4180 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4181
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004182- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4183
4184 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4185 want to use for the local device's environment.
4186
4187 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4188 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4189
4190 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4191 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4192 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004193 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004194
4195BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4196"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004197environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4198but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004199
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004200- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004201
4202 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4203 for the environment.
4204
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004205 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4206 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004207
4208 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004209 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4210 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004211
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004212 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004213
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004214 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004215 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4216 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Simon Glass9dd05fb2016-10-02 18:00:58 -06004217 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004218 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004219
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004220 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4221
4222 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4223 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4224 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4225 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4226 the range to be avoided.
4227
4228 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4229
4230 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4231 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4232 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4233 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4234 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004235
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004236- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4237
4238 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4239 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4240 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4241
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004242- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4243
4244 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4245 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4246 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4247
4248 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4249
4250 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4251
4252 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4253
4254 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4255 environment in.
4256
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004257 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4258
4259 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4260 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4261 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4262
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004263 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4264 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4265
4266 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4267 when storing the env in UBI.
4268
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004269- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4270 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4271
4272 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4273
4274 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4275
4276 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4277
4278 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4279 be as following:
4280
4281 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4282 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4283 partition table.
4284 - "D:0": device D.
4285 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4286 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4287 table.
4288 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004289 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004290 partition table then means device D.
4291
4292 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4293
4294 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004295 environment.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004296
4297 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004298 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004299
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004300- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4301
4302 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4303 environment.
4304
4305 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4306
4307 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4308
4309 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4310
4311 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4312 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4313 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4314
4315 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4316 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4317
4318 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4319 area within the specified MMC device.
4320
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004321 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4322 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4323 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4324 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4325 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4326 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4327 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4328
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004329 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4330 MMC sector boundary.
4331
4332 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4333
4334 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4335 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4336 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4337 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4338
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004339 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4340 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4341
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004342 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4343 an MMC sector boundary.
4344
4345 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4346
4347 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4348 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4349 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004351- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004352
4353 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4354 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4355 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4356 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4357 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4358 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4359 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4360
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004361Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004362has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004363created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004364until then to read environment variables.
4365
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004366The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4367is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4368with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4369necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4370"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4371have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004372
4373Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4374the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004375use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004376
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004377- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004378 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004379
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004380 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004381 also needs to be defined.
4382
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004383- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004384 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004385
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004386- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4387 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4388 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4389 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4390 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4391 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4392
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004393- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4394 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4395 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4396 to do this.
4397
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004398- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4399 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4400 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4401 present.
4402
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004403- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4404 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4405 build system checks that the actual size does not
4406 exceed it.
4407
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004408Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004409---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004410
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004411- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004412 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4413
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004414- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004415 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004416
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004417 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4418 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4419 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004420
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004421- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4422 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4423 PowerPC SOCs.
4424
4425- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4426 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4427 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4428
4429 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4430 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4431
4432- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4433 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4434 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004435 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004436 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4437 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4438 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4439
4440 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4441 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4442
4443- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004444 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4445 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004446 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4447 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4448
4449- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4450 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4451 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4452 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4453
4454- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4455 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4456 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4457
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004458- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004459 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004460
4461 the default drive number (default value 0)
4462
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004463 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004464
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004465 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004466 (default value 1)
4467
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004468 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004469
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004470 defines the offset of register from address. It
4471 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004472 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004473
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004474 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4475 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004476 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004477
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004478 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004479 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4480 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004481 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004482 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004483
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004484- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4485 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4486 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4487 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4488 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4489 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004490 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004491
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004492- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004493 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004494 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004495
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004496- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004497
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004498 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004499 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4500 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4501 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4502 will become available only after programming the
4503 memory controller and running certain initialization
4504 sequences.
4505
4506 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4507 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4508 - MPC824X: data cache
4509 - PPC4xx: data cache
4510
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004511- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004512
4513 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004514 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4515 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004516 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004517 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004518 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4519 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4520 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004521
4522 Note:
4523 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4524 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004525 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004526 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4527 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4528
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004529- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004530
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004531- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004532
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004533- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004534
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004535- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004536
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004537- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004538
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004539- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004540
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004541- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004542 SDRAM timing
4543
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004544- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004545 periodic timer for refresh
4546
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004547- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004548
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004549- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4550 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4551 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4552 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004553 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4554
4555- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004556 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4557 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004558 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4559
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004560- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4561 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004562 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4563 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4564
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004565- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004566 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4567 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4568
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004569- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004570 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4571 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4572
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004573- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004574 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4575 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4576
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004577- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004578 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4579 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4580 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4581
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004582- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004583 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4584 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4585 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4586 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004587
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004588- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4589 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4590 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4591 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4592 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4593 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4594 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4595 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004596 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004597
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004598- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4599 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4600 required.
4601
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004602- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004603 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004604 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4605 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4606 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4607 by coreboot or similar.
4608
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004609- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4610 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4611
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004612- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4613 Chip has SRIO or not
4614
4615- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4616 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4617
4618- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4619 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4620
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004621- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4622 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4623
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004624- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4625 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4626
4627- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4628 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4629
4630- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4631 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4632
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004633- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4634 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4635 a 16 bit bus.
4636 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004637 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004638 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004639 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004640
4641- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4642 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4643 a default value will be used.
4644
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004645- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004646 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4647 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4648
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004649 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4650 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4651
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004652- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004653 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4654 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4655 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004656
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004657- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4658 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4659 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4660 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4661 header files or board specific files.
4662
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004663- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4664 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4665
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08004666- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4667 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4668
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07004669- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4670 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4671
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004672- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004673 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4674 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004675
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004676- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4677 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4678
4679- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4680 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004681 to the given FEC; i. e.
4682 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004683 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4684
4685 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4686
4687- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4688 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4689 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4690
4691- CONFIG_RMII
4692 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4693 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4694 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4695
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004696- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4697 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4698 The syntax is:
4699
4700 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4701
4702 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4703 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4704 area should have.
4705
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004706- CONFIG_LOOPW
4707 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004708 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004709
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004710- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4711 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4712 "md/mw" commands.
4713 Examples:
4714
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004715 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004716 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4717
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004718 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004719 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4720
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004721 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004722 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004723
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004724- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004725 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004726 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4727 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4728 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004729
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004730 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4731 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4732 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4733 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004734
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06004735- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
4736 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
yeongjun Kim90211f72016-07-20 22:56:12 +09004737 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06004738 instruction cache) is still performed.
4739
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004740- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004741 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4742 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4743 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004744
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004745- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4746 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4747 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4748 It is loaded by the SPL.
4749
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004750- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4751 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4752 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4753 previous 4k of the .text section.
4754
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004755- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4756 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4757 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4758 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4759 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4760 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4761 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4762 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4763
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004764- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4765 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4766 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4767 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4768 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4769
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004770- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4771 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4772 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004773
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004774- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4775 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4776
4777 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004778
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004779- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4780 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4781
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004782- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4783 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4784 driver that uses this:
4785 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4786
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004787Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4788-----------------------------------
4789
4790The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4791loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4792This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4793are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4794within that device.
4795
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004796- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4797 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4798 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4799 is also specified.
4800
4801- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4802 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004803 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4804 is also specified.
4805
4806- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4807 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4808 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4809 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4810 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4811
4812- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4813 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4814 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4815 virtual address in NOR flash.
4816
4817- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4818 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4819 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4820
4821- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4822 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4823 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4824
4825- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4826 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4827 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4828
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004829- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4830 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4831 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004832 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4833 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4834 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004835
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07004836Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
4837---------------------------------------------------------
4838The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
4839"firmware".
4840This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4841are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4842within that device.
4843
4844- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
4845 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
4846
4847- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
4848 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4849 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
4850 is also specified.
4851
4852- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
4853 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4854 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4855 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4856 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4857
4858- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
4859 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4860 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
4861 virtual address in NOR flash.
4862
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304863Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
4864-------------------------------------------
4865The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
4866"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
4867This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
4868
York Sunc0492142015-12-07 11:08:58 -08004869- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
4870 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304871
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02004872Reproducible builds
4873-------------------
4874
4875In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
4876process have to be set to a fixed value.
4877
4878This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
4879SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
4880option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
4881
4882SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
4883
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004884Building the Software:
4885======================
4886
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004887Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4888and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4889all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4890(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4891recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4892which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004893
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004894If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4895have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4896you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4897Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4898necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004899
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004900 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4901 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004902
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004903Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4904 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4905 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4906 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4907
4908 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4909
4910 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4911 be executed on computers running Windows.
4912
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004913U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4914sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004915is done by typing:
4916
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004917 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004918
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004919where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004920rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004921
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004922Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4923 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4924 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4925 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004926 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004927
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004928 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004929 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004930
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004931 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004932 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004933
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004934 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004935
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004937Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4938images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004939
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004940- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4941- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4942- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004943
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004944By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4945in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4946this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4947
49481. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4949
4950 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004951 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004952 make O=/tmp/build all
4953
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020049542. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004955
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02004956 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004957 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004958 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004959 make all
4960
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02004961Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004962variable.
4963
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004964
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004965Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4966for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4967native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004968
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004969
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004970If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4971to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4972steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004973
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +010049741. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004975 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +01004976 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
49772. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4978 your board.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000049793. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4980 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020049814. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000049825. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4983 to be installed on your target system.
49846. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4985 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004986
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004987
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004988Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4989==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004990
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004991If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4992or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004993provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4994the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004995official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004996
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004997But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4998cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004999the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06005000just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
5001configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
5002will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
5003for documentation.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005004
5005
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005006See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005007
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005009Monitor Commands - Overview:
5010============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005011
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005012go - start application at address 'addr'
5013run - run commands in an environment variable
5014bootm - boot application image from memory
5015bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005016bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005017tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5018 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5019 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00005020tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005021rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5022diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5023loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5024loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5025md - memory display
5026mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5027nm - memory modify (constant address)
5028mw - memory write (fill)
5029cp - memory copy
5030cmp - memory compare
5031crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05005032i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005033sspi - SPI utility commands
5034base - print or set address offset
5035printenv- print environment variables
5036setenv - set environment variables
5037saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5038protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5039erase - erase FLASH memory
5040flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00005041nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005042bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5043iminfo - print header information for application image
5044coninfo - print console devices and informations
5045ide - IDE sub-system
5046loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00005047loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005048mtest - simple RAM test
5049icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5050dcache - enable or disable data cache
5051reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5052echo - echo args to console
5053version - print monitor version
5054help - print online help
5055? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005058Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5059========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005060
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005061TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005062
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005063For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005064
5065
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005066Environment Variables:
5067======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005068
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005069U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5070can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005071
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005072Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5073"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5074without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5075environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5076working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5077environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005078
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005079Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5080
5081List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005083 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005084
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005085 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005086
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005087 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005088
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005089 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005090
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005091 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005092
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005093 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5094 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5095 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5096 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5097 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5098 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005099 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5100 bootm_mapsize.
5101
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005102 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005103 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5104 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5105 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5106 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5107 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5108 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005109
5110 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5111 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5112 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5113 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5114 environment variable.
5115
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02005116 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5117 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5118 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5119
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005120 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5121 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5122 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5123 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005124
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005125 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5126 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5127 be automatically started (by internally calling
5128 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005129
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005130 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5131 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5132 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5133 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5134 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005135
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005136 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5137 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00005138 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5139 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5140 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5141 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5142 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5143 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5144 access it during the boot procedure.
5145
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005146 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5147 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5148 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5149 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5150 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5151 must be accessible by the kernel.
5152
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00005153 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5154 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5155 defined.
5156
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00005157 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5158 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5159 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5160 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5161 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5162
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005163 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5164 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5165 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5166 is usually what you want since it allows for
5167 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5168 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005169 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005170 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5171 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5172 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5173 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005174
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005175 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5176 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5177 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5178 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5179 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5180 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005181
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005182 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005183
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005184 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5185 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5186 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5187 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5188 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5189 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5190 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00005191
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005192 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005193
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005194 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5195 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005196
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005197 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005198
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005199 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005200
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005201 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005202
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005203 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005204
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005205 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005206
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005207 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005208
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005209 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5210 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005211
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005212 => setenv ethact FEC
5213 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5214 => setenv ethact SCC
5215 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005216
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005217 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5218 available network interfaces.
5219 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5220
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005221 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005222 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5223 When set to "once" the network operation will
5224 fail when all the available network interfaces
5225 are tried once without success.
5226 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5227 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005228
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005229 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005230
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005231 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005232 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5233 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5234 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5235 is silent.
5236
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02005237 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005238 UDP source port.
5239
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02005240 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005241 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5242
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005243 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5244 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5245
5246 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5247 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5248 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5249 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5250 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5251 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5252 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5253
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02005254 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
5255 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
5256 can happen during a single file transfer before that
5257 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
5258 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
5259 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
5260 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
5261
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005262 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005263 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005264 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005265
Alexandre Messier50768f52016-02-01 17:08:57 -05005266 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
5267 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
5268 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
5269 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
5270 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
5271
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005272The following image location variables contain the location of images
5273used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5274not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5275variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5276server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5277loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5278flash or offset in NAND flash.
5279
5280*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03005281boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005282boards use these variables for other purposes.
5283
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005284Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5285----- --------- ----------- --------------
5286u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5287Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5288device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5289ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005290
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005291The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5292updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5293depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005294
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005295 bootfile - see above
5296 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5297 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5298 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5299 hostname - Target hostname
5300 ipaddr - see above
5301 netmask - Subnet Mask
5302 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5303 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005304
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005305
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005306There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005307
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005308 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5309 as type string and/or serial number
5310 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005311
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005312These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5313the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5314once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005315
5316
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005317Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005318
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005319 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5320 with the "version" command. This variable is
5321 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005322
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005324Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5325only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005326
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005327
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005328Callback functions for environment variables:
5329---------------------------------------------
5330
5331For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005332when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005333be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5334deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5335effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5336
5337The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5338U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5339
5340These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5341static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5342in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5343associations. The list must be in the following format:
5344
5345 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5346 list = entry[,list]
5347
5348If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5349Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5350
5351Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5352with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5353override any association in the static list. You can define
5354CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005355".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005356
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05005357If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
5358regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
5359the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
5360
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005361
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005362Command Line Parsing:
5363=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005364
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005365There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5366the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005368Old, simple command line parser:
5369--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005370
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005371- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5372- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005373- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005374- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5375 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005376 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005377- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5378 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005379
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005380Hush shell:
5381-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005382
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005383- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5384 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5385 until...do...done, ...
5386- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5387 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5388 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5389 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005390
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005391General rules:
5392--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005393
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005394(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5395 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5396 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5397 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005398
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005399(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005400 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005401 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5402 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005403
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005404Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5405=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005406
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005407Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005408such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5409"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005410
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005411Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5412MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5413"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005414
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005415If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5416in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5417ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5418variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005419
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005420o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5421 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005422
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005423o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5424 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5425 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005426
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005427o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5428 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005429
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005430o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5431 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5432 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005433
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005434o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05005435 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
5436 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005437
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005438If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005439will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005440may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5441The naming convention is as follows:
5442"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005443
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005444Image Formats:
5445==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005446
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005447U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5448images in two formats:
5449
5450New uImage format (FIT)
5451-----------------------
5452
5453Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5454to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5455components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5456SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5457
5458
5459Old uImage format
5460-----------------
5461
5462Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5463preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5464details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005465
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005466* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5467 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005468 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5469 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5470 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005471* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005472 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5473 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005474* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5475* Load Address
5476* Entry Point
5477* Image Name
5478* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005479
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005480The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5481and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5482CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005483
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005484
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005485Linux Support:
5486==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005487
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005488Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5489easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5490U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005491
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005492U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5493special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5494"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5495instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5496serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005497
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005498- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5499 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5500 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005501
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005502- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5503 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005504
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005505- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5506 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5507 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5508 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5509 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5510 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005511
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005512
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005513Linux HOWTO:
5514============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005515
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005516Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5517---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005518
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005519U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5520configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5521(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5522Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005523
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005524But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005525
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005526Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5527include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005528Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5529and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005530as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005531
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005532Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5533If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5534is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5535doc/driver-model.
5536
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005538Configuring the Linux kernel:
5539-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005540
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005541No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5542device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005543
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005544
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005545Building a Linux Image:
5546-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005547
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005548With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5549not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5550"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5551U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5552which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5553100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005554
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005555Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005556
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005557 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005558 make oldconfig
5559 make dep
5560 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005561
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005562The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5563encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5564CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005565
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005566* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005567
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005568* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005569
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005570 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5571 -R .note -R .comment \
5572 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005573
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005574* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005575
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005576 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005577
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005578* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005579
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005580 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5581 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5582 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005583
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005584
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005585The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5586with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5587combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5588byte header containing information about target architecture,
5589operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5590stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005591
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005592"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5593print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005594
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005595In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5596contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5597checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005598
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005599 tools/mkimage -l image
5600 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005601
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005602The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5603from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005604
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005605 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5606 -n name -d data_file image
5607 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5608 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5609 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5610 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5611 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5612 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5613 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5614 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005615
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005616Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5617address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5618kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005619
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005620- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5621- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005622
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005623So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005625 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5626 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005627 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005628 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5629 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5630 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5631 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5632 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5633 Load Address: 0x00000000
5634 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005635
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005636To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005637
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005638 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5639 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5640 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5641 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5642 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5643 Load Address: 0x00000000
5644 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005645
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005646NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5647speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5648needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5649need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005650
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005651 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005652 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5653 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005654 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005655 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5656 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5657 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5658 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5659 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5660 Load Address: 0x00000000
5661 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005662
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005663
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005664Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5665when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005666
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005667 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5668 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5669 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5670 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5671 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5672 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5673 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5674 Load Address: 0x00000000
5675 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005676
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005677The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5678option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5679option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5680from the image:
5681
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02005682 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5683 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5684 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5685 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005686
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005688Installing a Linux Image:
5689-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005690
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005691To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5692you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005693
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005694 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005695
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005696The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5697image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5698address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5699specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5700command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005701
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005702Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5703TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005704
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005705 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005706
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005707 .......... done
5708 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005709
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005710 => loads 40100000
5711 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5712 ~>examples/image.srec
5713 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5714 ...
5715 15989 15990 15991 15992
5716 [file transfer complete]
5717 [connected]
5718 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005719
5720
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005721You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005722this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005723corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005724
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005725 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005726
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005727 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5728 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5729 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5730 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5731 Load Address: 00000000
5732 Entry Point: 0000000c
5733 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005734
5735
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005736Boot Linux:
5737-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005738
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005739The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5740memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5741of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5742parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5743"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005744
5745
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005746 => printenv bootargs
5747 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005749 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005750
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005751 => printenv bootargs
5752 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005753
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005754 => bootm 40020000
5755 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5756 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5757 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5758 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5759 Load Address: 00000000
5760 Entry Point: 0000000c
5761 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5762 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5763 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5764 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5765 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5766 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5767 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5768 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005769
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005770If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005771the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5772format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005773
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005774 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005775
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005776 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5777 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5778 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5779 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5780 Load Address: 00000000
5781 Entry Point: 0000000c
5782 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005784 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5785 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5786 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5787 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5788 Load Address: 00000000
5789 Entry Point: 00000000
5790 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005791
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005792 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5793 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5794 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5795 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5796 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5797 Load Address: 00000000
5798 Entry Point: 0000000c
5799 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5800 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5801 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5802 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5803 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5804 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5805 Load Address: 00000000
5806 Entry Point: 00000000
5807 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5808 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5809 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5810 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5811 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5812 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5813 ...
5814 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5815 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005816
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005817 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005818
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005819Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5820-----------
5821
5822First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5823titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5824following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5825flat device tree:
5826
5827=> print oftaddr
5828oftaddr=0x300000
5829=> print oft
5830oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5831=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5832Speed: 1000, full duplex
5833Using TSEC0 device
5834TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5835Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5836Load address: 0x300000
5837Loading: #
5838done
5839Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5840=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5841Speed: 1000, full duplex
5842Using TSEC0 device
5843TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5844Filename 'uImage'.
5845Load address: 0x200000
5846Loading:############
5847done
5848Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5849=> print loadaddr
5850loadaddr=200000
5851=> print oftaddr
5852oftaddr=0x300000
5853=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5854## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005855 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5856 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5857 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005858 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005859 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005860 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5861 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5862Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5863Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5864Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5865[snip]
5866
5867
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005868More About U-Boot Image Types:
5869------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005870
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005871U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005872
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005873 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5874 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5875 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5876 the Standalone Program.
5877 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5878 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5879 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5880 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5881 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5882 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5883 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5884 being started.
5885 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5886 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5887 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5888 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5889 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5890 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005891
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005892 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5893 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5894 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5895 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5896 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5897 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005898
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005899 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5900 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5901 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005902
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005903 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5904 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5905 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5906 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005907
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005908Booting the Linux zImage:
5909-------------------------
5910
5911On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5912using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5913as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5914
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005915Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005916kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5917address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5918format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5919
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005920
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005921Standalone HOWTO:
5922=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005923
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005924One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5925run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5926U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005927
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005928Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005929
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005930"Hello World" Demo:
5931-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005932
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005933'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5934application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5935It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5936like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005937
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005938 => loads
5939 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5940 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5941 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5942 [file transfer complete]
5943 [connected]
5944 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005945
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005946 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5947 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5948 Hello World
5949 argc = 7
5950 argv[0] = "40004"
5951 argv[1] = "Hello"
5952 argv[2] = "World!"
5953 argv[3] = "This"
5954 argv[4] = "is"
5955 argv[5] = "a"
5956 argv[6] = "test."
5957 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5958 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005959
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005960 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005961
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005962Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5963handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5964Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5965The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5966character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5967controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005968
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005969 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5970 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5971 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5972 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005973
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005974 => loads
5975 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5976 ~>examples/timer.srec
5977 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5978 [file transfer complete]
5979 [connected]
5980 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005981
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005982 => go 40004
5983 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5984 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5985 Using timer 1
5986 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005987
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005988Hit 'b':
5989 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5990 Enabling timer
5991Hit '?':
5992 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5993 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5994Hit '?':
5995 [q, b, e, ?] .
5996 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5997Hit '?':
5998 [q, b, e, ?] .
5999 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6000Hit '?':
6001 [q, b, e, ?] .
6002 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6003Hit 'e':
6004 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6005Hit 'q':
6006 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006007
6008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006009Minicom warning:
6010================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006011
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006012Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6013"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6014consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6015Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6016especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00006017use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6018http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6019for help with kermit.
6020
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006021
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006022Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6023configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006024
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006025 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6026 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6027 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006028
6029
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006030NetBSD Notes:
6031=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006032
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006033Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6034(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006035
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006036Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6037NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6038need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6039Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6040attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6041missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006042
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006043 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6044 # mkdir powerpc
6045 # ln -s powerpc machine
6046 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6047 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006048
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006049Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6050and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006051
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006052Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6053stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6054proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6055tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00006056meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006057
6058
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006059Implementation Internals:
6060=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006061
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006062The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6063implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6064inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6065hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006066
6067
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006068Initial Stack, Global Data:
6069---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006070
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006071The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6072starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6073system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6074This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6075is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6076at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6077options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6078models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6079MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6080locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006081
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006082 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006083 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006084
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006085 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6086 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6087 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6088 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006089
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006090 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6091 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6092 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6093 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6094 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006095 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006096 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6097 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006098
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006099 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6100 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006101 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006102 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6103 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6104 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6105 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006106
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006107 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006108 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6109 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02006110 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006111 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6112 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6113 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6114 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6115 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006116
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006117 -Chris Hallinan
6118 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006119
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006120It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6121code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006122
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006123* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6124 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006125
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006126* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006127 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6128 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006129
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006130* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6131 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006132
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006133Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006134normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006135turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6136simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6137functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6138functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6139the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6140place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6141reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006142
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006143When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6144relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6145GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006146
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006147For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6148 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006149 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006150 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6151 R5-R10: parameter passing
6152 R13: small data area pointer
6153 R30: GOT pointer
6154 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006155
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01006156 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6157 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6158 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006159
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006160 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006161
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006162 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6163 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6164 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6165 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6166 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6167 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006168
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006169On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006170 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6171
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006172 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006173
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006174On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006175
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006176 R0: function argument word/integer result
6177 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006178 R9: platform specific
6179 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006180 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6181 R12: temporary workspace
6182 R13: stack pointer
6183 R14: link register
6184 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006185
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006186 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6187
6188 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006189
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08006190On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6191 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6192
6193 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6194
6195 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6196 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6197
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00006198On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6199
6200 R0-R1: argument/return
6201 R2-R5: argument
6202 R15: temporary register for assembler
6203 R16: trampoline register
6204 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6205 R29: global pointer (GP)
6206 R30: link register (LP)
6207 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6208 PC: program counter (PC)
6209
6210 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6211
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006212NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6213or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006214
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006215Memory Management:
6216------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006217
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006218U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6219MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006220
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006221The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6222controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6223memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6224physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006225
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006226U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6227TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6228booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6229to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006230memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006231configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6232Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006233
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006234Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6235of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006236
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006237So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6238this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006239
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006240 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6241 :
6242 0x0000 1FFF
6243 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6244 :
6245 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006246
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006247 :
6248 :
6249 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6250 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6251 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6252 :
6253 0x00FD FFFF
6254 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6255 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6256 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6257 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006258
6259
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006260System Initialization:
6261----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006262
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006263In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006264(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006265configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006266To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6267To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6268initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6269which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6270part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6271the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006272
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006273Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6274preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6275(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6276on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6277programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6278simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6279banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006280
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006281When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6282different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6283bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
62840x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6285contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006286
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006287Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6288and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6289Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6290pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006291
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006292Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6293until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6294running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6295new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006296
6297
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006298U-Boot Porting Guide:
6299----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006300
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006301[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6302list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006303
6304
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006305int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006306{
6307 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006308
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006309 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6310 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006311
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006312 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006313 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006314 return 0;
6315 }
6316
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006317 Download latest U-Boot source;
6318
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006319 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006320
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006321 if (clueless)
6322 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006324 while (learning) {
6325 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006326 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6327 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006328 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006329 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006330 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006331
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006332 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6333 Buy a BDI3000;
6334 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006335 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006336
6337 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6338 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6339 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6340 } else {
6341 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6342 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006343 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006344 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6345 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006346
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006347 while (!accepted) {
6348 while (!running) {
6349 do {
6350 Add / modify source code;
6351 } until (compiles);
6352 Debug;
6353 if (clueless)
6354 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6355 }
6356 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6357 if (reasonable critiques)
6358 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6359 else
6360 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006361 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006362
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006363 return 0;
6364}
6365
6366void no_more_time (int sig)
6367{
6368 hire_a_guru();
6369}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006370
6371
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006372Coding Standards:
6373-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006374
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006375All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006376coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006377"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006378
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006379Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6380MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006381reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006382sources.
6383
6384Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6385Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6386in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006387
6388Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6389- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006390- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006391- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006392- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006393- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6394
6395Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6396with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006397
6398
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006399Submitting Patches:
6400-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006401
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006402Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6403establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6404may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006405
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006406Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006407
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006408Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6409see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6410
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006411When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6412it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006413
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006414* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6415 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6416 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006417
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006418* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6419 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006420
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006421* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6422
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -05006423* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
6424 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006425
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006426* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6427 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006428
6429* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6430 document these in the README file.
6431
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006432* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6433 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006434 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006435 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6436 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006437
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006438 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6439 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6440 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006441
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006442 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6443 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6444 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6445 affected files).
6446
6447 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6448 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006449
6450* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6451 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6452
6453* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6454 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6455
6456
6457Notes:
6458
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06006459* Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006460 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6461 for any of the boards.
6462
6463* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6464 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6465 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6466
6467* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6468 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6469 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6470 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6471 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6472 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006473
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006474* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6475 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6476 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6477 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.